blob: e4d420f36832b6770c1dff5b17b7ad755ea2d36c [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000026#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000027#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000028#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000029#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
Mehdi Amini9670f842016-07-18 19:02:11 +000030#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000042#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000043#include <algorithm>
44#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000045#include <list>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000046#include <set>
47#include <utility>
48#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000049
50using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000051using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000052
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000053namespace {
54 class UnqualUsingEntry {
55 const DeclContext *Nominated;
56 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000057
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000058 public:
59 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
60 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
61 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
62 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000064 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
65 return CommonAncestor;
66 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000067
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000068 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
69 return Nominated;
70 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000071
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000072 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
73 struct Comparator {
74 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
75 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
76 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000077
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000078 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
79 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
80 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000081
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000082 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
83 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
84 }
85 };
86 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000087
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000088 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
89 /// lookup.
90 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000091 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000092
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000093 ListTy list;
94 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000095
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000096 public:
97 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000098
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000099 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000100 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
102 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
103 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000104 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000105 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000106
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000108 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
109 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
110 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000111 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000112 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
113 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
114 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000115 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
116 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000117 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000118 }
119 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000120
121 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
122 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
123 // declared in the context.
124 //
125 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
126 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
127 // the effective DCs right.
128 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000129 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000130 return;
131
132 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
133 }
134
135 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
136 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
137 // were declared in the effective DC.
138 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
139 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000140 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000141 return;
142
143 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
144 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
145 }
146
147 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
148 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
149 // the given effective context.
150 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000151 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000152 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000153 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000154 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000155 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000156 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
157 queue.push_back(NS);
158 }
159 }
160
161 if (queue.empty())
162 return;
163
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000164 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000165 }
166 }
167
168 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
169 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
170 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
171 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
172 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
173 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
174 // the first.
175 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
176 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
177 // the nominated namespace.
178 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
179 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
180 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000181 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000182
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000183 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
184 }
185
186 void done() {
187 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
188 }
189
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000190 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000191
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000192 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
193 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
194
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000195 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000196 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000197 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
198 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
199 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000200 }
201 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000202} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000203
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000204// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
205// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000206static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
207 bool CPlusPlus,
208 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209 unsigned IDNS = 0;
210 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000211 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000212 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000213 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000214 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000216 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000217 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000218 if (Redeclaration)
219 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000220 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000221 if (Redeclaration)
222 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000223 break;
224
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000225 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
226 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
227 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
228 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
229 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
230 break;
231
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000232 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000233 if (CPlusPlus) {
234 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
235
236 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
237 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
238 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
239 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
240 // "overload" with tag decls.
241 if (Redeclaration)
242 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
243 } else {
244 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
245 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000246 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000247
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000248 case Sema::LookupLabel:
249 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
250 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000251
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000252 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
253 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
254 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000255 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000256 break;
257
258 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000259 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
260 break;
261
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000262 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000263 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000264 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000265
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000266 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000267 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
268 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
269 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
270 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000271 break;
272
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000273 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
274 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
275 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000276
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +0000277 case Sema::LookupOMPReductionName:
278 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_OMPReduction;
279 break;
280
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000281 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000282 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000283 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
284 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
285 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000286 }
287 return IDNS;
288}
289
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000290void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000291 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000292 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000293
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000294 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
295 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
296 // operators can be found.
297 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
298 case OO_New:
299 case OO_Delete:
300 case OO_Array_New:
301 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000302 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000303 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000304
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000305 default:
306 break;
307 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000308
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000309 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
310 // up being declared.
311 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
312 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000313 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000314 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000315 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000316 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000317}
318
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000319bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000320 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000321 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
322 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
323 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
324 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
325 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
326 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
327 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000328 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
329 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000330 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
331 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
332 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000333 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000334}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000335
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000336// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000337void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000338 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000339}
340
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000341/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
342/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000343static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000344 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
345 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
346 // those.
347 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
348 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
349 return DC;
350
351 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
352 // declaration must have been found there.
353 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
354}
355
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000356/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
357/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000358static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000359 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
360 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
361 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
362 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
363 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
364 return true;
365
366 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
367 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
368
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000369 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
370 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
371 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
372 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
373 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
374 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000375 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
376 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000377 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
378 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
379 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000380 }
381
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000382 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
383 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
384 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
385 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
386 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
387 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
388 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
389 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
390 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
391 if (DMin != EMin)
392 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000393 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
394 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000395 }
396
397 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
398 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
399 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
400 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
401 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000402 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
403 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
404 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000405 if (DMin != EMin)
406 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000407 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
408 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
409 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
410 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
411 I != N; ++I) {
412 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
413 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
414 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
415 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
416 return true;
417 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000418 }
419
Vassil Vassilev4d75e8d2016-02-28 19:08:24 +0000420 // VarDecl can have incomplete array types, prefer the one with more complete
421 // array type.
422 if (VarDecl *DVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
423 VarDecl *EVD = cast<VarDecl>(EUnderlying);
424 if (EVD->getType()->isIncompleteType() &&
425 !DVD->getType()->isIncompleteType()) {
426 // Prefer the decl with a more complete type if visible.
427 return S.isVisible(DVD);
428 }
429 return false; // Avoid picking up a newer decl, just because it was newer.
430 }
431
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000432 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
433 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
434 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
435 // keep what we've got.
436 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
437 }
438
439 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000440 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
441 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
442 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
443 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000444 return false;
445}
446
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000447/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
448static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
449 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
450 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
451 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
452 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000453 // the same variable, non-static data member, or enumerator, or all refer
454 // to functions and function templates; in this case the class name or
455 // enumeration name is hidden.
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000456 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
457 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
458 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
459 // scope.
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000460 // An UnresolvedUsingValueDecl always instantiates to one of these.
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000461 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
462 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
Richard Smith4eeaec42016-12-18 22:01:46 +0000463 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D) ||
464 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000465}
466
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000467/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000468void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000469 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000470
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000472 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000473 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
474 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000475 return;
476 }
477
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000478 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
479 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000480 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000481 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
482 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000483 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000484 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000485 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
486 return;
487 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000488
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000489 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000490 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000491
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000492 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000493 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000494
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000495 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000496 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000497 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000498 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
499
500 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000501
502 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000503
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000504 unsigned I = 0;
505 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000506 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
507 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000508
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000509 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000510 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000511 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
512 continue;
513 }
514
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000515 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
516
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000517 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
518 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
519 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
520 // canonical type.
521 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000522 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
523 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
524 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
525 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
526 // The type is not unique.
527 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000528 }
529 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000530
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000531 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
532 // canonical declaration.
533 if (!ExistingI) {
534 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
535 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
536 // We've seen this entity before.
537 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000538 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000539 }
540
541 if (ExistingI) {
542 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
543 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000544 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000545 Decls[*ExistingI]))
546 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
547 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000548 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000549 }
550
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000551 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000552
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000553 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
554 HasUnresolved = true;
555 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
556 if (HasTag)
557 Ambiguous = true;
558 UniqueTagIndex = I;
559 HasTag = true;
560 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
561 HasFunction = true;
562 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
563 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
564 HasFunction = true;
565 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000566 if (HasNonFunction) {
567 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
568 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
569 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
570 // module, just skip it.
571 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
572 D)) {
573 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
574 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
575 continue;
576 }
577
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000578 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000579 }
580 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000581 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000582 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000583 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000584
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000585 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
586 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
587 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
588 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
589 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
590 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
591 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
592 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
593 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000594 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000595 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000596 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
597 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
598 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
599 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
600 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000601 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
602 else
603 Ambiguous = true;
604 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000605
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000606 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
607 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
608 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
609 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
610 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
611
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000612 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000613
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000614 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000615 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000616
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000617 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000618 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000619 else if (HasUnresolved)
620 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000621 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000622 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000623 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000624 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000625}
626
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000627void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000628 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000629 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000630 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
631 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000632 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000633}
634
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000635void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000636 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
637 Paths->swap(P);
638 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
639 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000640 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000641}
642
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000643void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000644 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
645 Paths->swap(P);
646 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
647 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000648 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000649}
650
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000651void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000652 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
653 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
654 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000655
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000656 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
657 Out << "\n";
658 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
659 }
660}
661
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +0000662LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void LookupResult::dump() {
663 llvm::errs() << "lookup results for " << getLookupName().getAsString()
664 << ":\n";
665 for (NamedDecl *D : *this)
666 D->dump();
667}
668
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000669/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
670/// fail.
671static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
672 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
673
674 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
675 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
676 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
677 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
678 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
679 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
680 if (II) {
Eric Fiselier6ad68552016-07-01 01:24:09 +0000681 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName) {
682 if (II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
683 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
684 return true;
685 } else if (II == S.getASTContext().getTypePackElementName()) {
686 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getTypePackElementDecl());
687 return true;
688 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000689 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000690
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000691 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
692 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
Anastasia Stulovab607e0f2016-02-02 11:29:43 +0000693 // In C++ and OpenCL (spec v1.2 s6.9.f), we don't have any predefined
694 // library functions like 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
695 if ((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000696 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
697 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000698
699 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
700 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000701 R.isForRedeclaration(),
702 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000703 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000704 return true;
705 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000706 }
707 }
708 }
709
710 return false;
711}
712
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000713/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
714/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000715static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000716 // We need to have a definition for the class.
717 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
718 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000719
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000720 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000721 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000722}
723
724void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000725 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000726 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000727
728 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000729 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000730 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000731
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000732 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000733 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000734 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000735
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000736 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000737 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000738 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
739
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000740 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000741 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
742 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000743 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000744
745 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
746 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000747 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000748 }
749
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000750 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000751 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000752 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000753}
754
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000755/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000756/// special member function.
757static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
758 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000759 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000760 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
761 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000762
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000763 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
764 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000765
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000766 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000767 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000768 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000769
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000770 return false;
771}
772
773/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
774/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000775static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000776 DeclarationName Name,
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000777 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000778 const DeclContext *DC) {
779 if (!DC)
780 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000781
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000782 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000783 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
784 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000785 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000786 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000787 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000788 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000789 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000790 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000791 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000792 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
793 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000794 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000795 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000796
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000797 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
798 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000799 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000800 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000801 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000802 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000803
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000804 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
805 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
806 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000807
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000808 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000809 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000810 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000811 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000812 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000813 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000814 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
815 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
816 }
817 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000818 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000819
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000820 case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName:
821 S.DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(Name.getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate(), Loc);
822 break;
823
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000824 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000825 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000826 }
827}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000828
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000829// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
830// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000831static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000832 bool Found = false;
833
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000834 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000835 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +0000836 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
837 DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000838
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000839 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000840 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
Yaron Keren31bde582017-04-12 10:05:48 +0000841 for (NamedDecl *D : DR) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000842 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000843 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000844 Found = true;
845 }
846 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000847
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000848 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
849 return true;
850
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000851 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000852 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
853 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
854 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
855 return Found;
856
857 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000858 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000859 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
860 // context of the use are considered. [...]
861 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000862 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000863 return Found;
864
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000865 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
866 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000867 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
868 if (!ConvTemplate)
869 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000870
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000871 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000872 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
873 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000874 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
875 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
876 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
877 Found = true;
878 continue;
879 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000880
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000881 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000882 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
883 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000884 // name lookup.
885 //
886 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
887 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000888 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000889 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
890 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000891 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000892 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000893
894 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000895 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
896 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000897
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000898 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
899 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
900 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000901 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000902 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000903 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000904 QualType ExpectedType
905 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000906 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000907
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000908 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
909 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000910 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000911 Specialization, Info)
912 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
913 R.addDecl(Specialization);
914 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000915 }
916 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000917
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000918 return Found;
919}
920
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000921// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000922static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000923CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000924 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000925
926 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
927
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000928 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000929 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000930
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000931 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
932 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000933 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
934 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000935 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000936
937 R.resolveKind();
938
939 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000940}
941
942static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000943 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000944 return Ctx->isFileContext();
945 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000946}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000947
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000948// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
949// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
950// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
951// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
952// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
953// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
954// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
955static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000956 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000957 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000958 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000959 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
960 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000961 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000962 break;
963 }
964 }
965
966 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
967 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
968 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
969 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
970 // a member of this namespace.
971 //
972 // Example:
973 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000974 // namespace N {
975 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000976 //
977 // template<class T> class B {
978 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000979 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000980 // }
981 //
982 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
983 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
984 // }
985 //
986 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
987 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000988 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000989 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
990 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
991
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000992 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000993 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
994 // template<class C>.
995 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
996 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
997 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
998 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000999
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001000 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
1001 // the example, this is namespace N.
1002 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
1003 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
1004 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001005
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001006 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
1007 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
1008 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
1009 // example, this is the global scope.
1010 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
1011 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
1012 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
1013
1014 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001015}
1016
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001017namespace {
1018/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1019/// declarations.
1020struct FindLocalExternScope {
1021 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1022 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1023 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1024 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1025 }
1026 void restore() {
1027 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1028 }
1029 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1030 restore();
1031 }
1032 LookupResult &R;
1033 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1034};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001035} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001036
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001037bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001038 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001039
1040 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001041 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001042
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001043 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1044 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1045 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1046 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001047 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Richard Smith32918772017-02-14 00:25:28 +00001048 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, R.getNameLoc(), DC);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001049 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001050
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001051 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1052 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1053
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001054 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001055 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001056 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1057 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001058
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001059 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001060 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001061 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1062 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1063 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001064 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001065 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001066 //
1067 // For example:
1068 // namespace A { int i; }
1069 // void foo() {
1070 // int i;
1071 // {
1072 // using namespace A;
1073 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1074 // }
1075 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001076 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001077 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1078 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001079 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001080 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001081
1082 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1083 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1084
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001085 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001086 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001087 bool SearchNamespaceScope = true;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001088 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001089 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001090 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001091 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage &&
1092 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
1093 // If it's a template parameter, we still find it, so we can diagnose
1094 // the invalid redeclaration.
1095
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001096 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1097 // out-of-scope.
1098 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1099 LeftStartingScope = true;
1100
1101 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001102 // does not have linkage, skip it.
1103 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001104 R.setShadowed();
1105 continue;
1106 }
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001107 } else {
1108 // We found something in this scope, we should not look at the
1109 // namespace scope
1110 SearchNamespaceScope = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001111 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001112 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001113 }
1114 }
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001115 if (!SearchNamespaceScope) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001116 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001117 if (S->isClassScope())
1118 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1119 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001120 return true;
1121 }
1122
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001123 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001124 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1125 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1126 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1127 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1128 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1129 return false;
1130 }
1131
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001132 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1133 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1134 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001135 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001136 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1137 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1138 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1139 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001140 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001141 }
1142
1143 if (Ctx) {
1144 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1145 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001146 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001147 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1148 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1149
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001150 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001151 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1152 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1153 // non-transparent context.
1154 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001155 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001156
1157 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1158 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1159 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1160 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1161 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1162 // in the corresponding interface.
1163 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1164 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1165 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1166 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1167 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001168 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001169 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001170 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1171 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001172 R.resolveKind();
1173 return true;
1174 }
1175 }
1176 }
1177 }
1178
1179 continue;
1180 }
1181
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001182 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1183 // lookup considering using directives.
1184 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001185 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1186 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1187 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001188 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1189 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1190 continue;
1191
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001192 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001193 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001194
1195 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1196 // from local scopes.
1197 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1198 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1199 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1200 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1201 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1202
1203 UDirs.done();
1204
1205 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1206 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001207
1208 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1209 R.resolveKind();
1210 return true;
1211 }
1212
1213 continue;
1214 }
1215
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001216 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1217 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1218 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1219 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1220 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1221 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001222 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001223 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001224 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001225 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001226 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001227
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001228 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1229 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1230 if (!S) return false;
1231
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001232 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001233 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001234 return false;
1235
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001236 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001237 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001238 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001239 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1240 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001241 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1242 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1243 UDirs.done();
1244 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001245
1246 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1247 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1248 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1249 FindLocals.restore();
1250
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001251 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001252 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1253 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1254 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1255 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001256 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001257 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001258 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001259 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001260 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1261 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1262 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1263 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001264 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001265 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001266 }
1267 }
1268
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001269 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001270 R.resolveKind();
1271 return true;
1272 }
1273
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001274 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001275 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1276 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1277 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001278 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001279 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1280 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1281 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1282 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001283 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001284 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001285
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001286 if (Ctx) {
1287 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1288 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001289 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001290 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1291 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1292
1293 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1294 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1295 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1296 // non-transparent context.
1297 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1298 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001299
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001300 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1301 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1302 // look into that context.
Chandler Carruth6232e4d2016-11-04 06:16:09 +00001303 if (!(Found && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001304 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1305 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001306
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001307 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1308 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1309 Found = true;
1310 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001311
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001312 if (Found) {
1313 R.resolveKind();
1314 return true;
1315 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001316
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001317 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1318 return false;
1319 }
1320 }
1321
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001322 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001323 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001324 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001325
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001326 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001327}
1328
Chandler Carruthbd186c02017-04-19 05:25:13 +00001329/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1330/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1331static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1332 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1333}
1334
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001335Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1336 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1337 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1338 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1339 return M;
1340 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1341 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1342
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001343 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1344 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1345 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1346 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1347 // class).
1348 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
Vassil Vassilevb4829e42016-09-13 10:38:26 +00001349 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001350 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1351 }
1352
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001353 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1354 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1355 if (M)
1356 return M;
1357
1358 if (auto *Containing =
1359 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1360 M = Containing;
1361 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1362 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1363 // locations.
1364 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1365 } else {
1366 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1367 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1368 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1369 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1370 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1371 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1372 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1373
1374 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1375 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1376 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
Richard Smithdc1f0422016-07-20 19:10:16 +00001377 auto &TopLevel = ModuleScopes.empty()
1378 ? VisibleModules
1379 : ModuleScopes[0].OuterVisibleModules;
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001380 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1381 }
1382
1383 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1384 }
1385
1386 if (M)
1387 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1388 return M;
1389}
1390
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001391void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001392 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1393 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1394 else
1395 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1396 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001397
1398 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1399 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1400 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1401 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1402 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001403}
1404
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001405/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001406static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001407 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1408 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1409 // the module containing the pattern.
1410 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1411 Entity = Pattern;
1412 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001413 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1414 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001415 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
Chandler Carruthbd186c02017-04-19 05:25:13 +00001416 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1417 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001418 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
Chandler Carruthbd186c02017-04-19 05:25:13 +00001419 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1420 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1421 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001422 }
1423
Chandler Carruthbd186c02017-04-19 05:25:13 +00001424 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1425 // from a template.
1426 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1427 if (Context->isFileContext())
1428 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1429 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001430}
1431
1432llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001433 unsigned N = CodeSynthesisContexts.size();
1434 for (unsigned I = CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.size();
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001435 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001436 Module *M = getDefiningModule(*this, CodeSynthesisContexts[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001437 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001438 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001439 CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules.push_back(M);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001440 }
1441 return LookupModulesCache;
1442}
1443
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001444bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1445 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1446 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1447 return true;
1448 return false;
1449}
1450
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001451template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001452static bool
1453hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1454 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001455 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1456 return false;
1457
1458 while (D) {
1459 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1460 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1461 return true;
1462
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001463 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1464 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1465 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1466 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1467 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1468 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001469
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001470 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1471 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1472 }
1473 return false;
1474}
1475
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001476bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1477 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001478 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001479 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001480 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001481 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1482 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1483 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001484}
1485
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001486bool Sema::hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1487 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1488 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) &&
1489 "not a member specialization");
1490 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1491 // If the specialization is declared at namespace scope, then it's a member
1492 // specialization declaration. If it's lexically inside the class
1493 // definition then it was instantiated.
1494 //
1495 // FIXME: This is a hack. There should be a better way to determine this.
1496 // FIXME: What about MS-style explicit specializations declared within a
1497 // class definition?
1498 if (Redecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
1499 auto *NonConstR = const_cast<NamedDecl*>(cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl));
1500
1501 if (isVisible(NonConstR))
1502 return true;
1503
1504 if (Modules) {
1505 Modules->push_back(getOwningModule(NonConstR));
1506 const auto &Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstR);
1507 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1508 }
1509 }
1510 }
1511
1512 return false;
1513}
1514
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001515/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1516///
1517/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1518/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1519/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1520/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1521/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1522/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1523bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001524 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001525 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1526
1527 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1528 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1529 if (!DeclModule) {
1530 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1531 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001532 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001533 }
1534
1535 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1536 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1537 // top-level module.)
1538 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1539 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1540 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001541 return true;
1542 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001543
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001544 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1545 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1546 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
Richard Smith8df390f2016-09-08 23:14:54 +00001547 if (!D->isModulePrivate() && DC && !DC->isFileContext() &&
1548 !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) && !isa<ExportDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001549 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1550 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1551 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
Vassil Vassilev714b81c2016-09-08 20:34:41 +00001552 //
1553 // In C++ we need to check for a visible definition due to ODR merging,
1554 // and in C we must not because each declaration of a function gets its own
1555 // set of declarations for tags in prototype scope.
1556 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)
1557 || (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001558 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1559 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00001560 if (SemaRef.CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001561 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1562 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001563 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1564 // its parent has a visible definition.
1565 D->setHidden(false);
1566 }
1567 return true;
1568 }
1569 return false;
1570 }
1571
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001572 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1573 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1574 if (LookupModules.empty())
1575 return false;
1576
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001577 if (!DeclModule) {
1578 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1579 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1580 }
1581
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001582 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1583 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1584 return true;
1585
1586 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1587 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1588 return false;
1589
1590 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1591 // the lookup set.
Yaron Keren941ad902015-11-23 19:28:42 +00001592 return std::any_of(LookupModules.begin(), LookupModules.end(),
Yaron Keren4c31fcf2015-11-24 20:18:24 +00001593 [&](Module *M) { return M->isModuleVisible(DeclModule); });
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001594}
1595
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001596bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1597 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1598}
1599
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001600bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1601 for (auto *D : R) {
1602 if (isVisible(D))
1603 return true;
1604 }
1605 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1606}
1607
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001608/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1609///
1610/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1611/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1612/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001613///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001614/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1615/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001616static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1617 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001618
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001619 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001620 // Don't bother with extra checks if we already know this one isn't visible.
1621 if (RD == D)
1622 continue;
1623
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001624 auto ND = cast<NamedDecl>(RD);
1625 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1626 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1627 // carefully.
1628 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
1629 return ND;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001630 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001631
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001632 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001633}
1634
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001635bool Sema::hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1636 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1637 assert(!isVisible(D) && "not in slow case");
1638
1639 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1640 auto *NonConstR = const_cast<NamedDecl*>(cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl));
1641 if (isVisible(NonConstR))
1642 return true;
1643
1644 if (Modules) {
1645 Modules->push_back(getOwningModule(NonConstR));
1646 const auto &Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstR);
1647 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1648 }
1649 }
1650
1651 return false;
1652}
1653
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001654NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001655 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1656 // Namespaces are a bit of a special case: we expect there to be a lot of
1657 // redeclarations of some namespaces, all declarations of a namespace are
1658 // essentially interchangeable, all declarations are found by name lookup
1659 // if any is, and namespaces are never looked up during template
1660 // instantiation. So we benefit from caching the check in this case, and
1661 // it is correct to do so.
1662 auto *Key = ND->getCanonicalDecl();
1663 if (auto *Acceptable = getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.lookup(Key))
1664 return Acceptable;
1665 auto *Acceptable =
1666 isVisible(getSema(), Key) ? Key : findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), Key);
1667 if (Acceptable)
1668 getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.insert(std::make_pair(Key, Acceptable));
1669 return Acceptable;
1670 }
1671
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001672 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001673}
1674
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001675/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1676/// scope.
1677///
1678/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1679/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1680/// @code
1681/// int x;
1682/// int f() {
1683/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1684/// }
1685/// @endcode
1686///
1687/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1688/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1689/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1690/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1691/// class LookupCriteria.
1692///
1693/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1694/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1695/// in the parent scopes.
1696///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001697/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1698/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1699/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1700/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001701///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001702/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001703bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1704 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001705 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001706
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001707 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1708
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001709 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001710 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1711 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001712 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001713 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1714 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001715 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001716 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001717 }
1718
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001719 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1720 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1721
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001722 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1723 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1724 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1725 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001726 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1727
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001728 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001729 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001730 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001731 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001732 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1733 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1734 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001735 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001736 LeftStartingScope = true;
1737
1738 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1739 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001740 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1741 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001742 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001743 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001744 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001745 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1746 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1747 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001748
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001749 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001750
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001751 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1752 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001753 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001754 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1755 // actually exists in a Scope).
1756 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1757 S = S->getParent();
1758
1759 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1760 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1761 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1762 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001763 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001764
1765 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001766 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001767 if (!S)
1768 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1769
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001770 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1771 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001772 if (S) {
1773 // Match based on scope.
1774 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1775 break;
1776 } else {
1777 // Match based on DeclContext.
1778 DeclContext *LastDC
1779 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1780 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1781 break;
1782 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001783
1784 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1785 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1786 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001787 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001788
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001789 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001790 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001791
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001792 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001793 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001794 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001795 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001796 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001797 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001798 }
1799
1800 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1801 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1802 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001803 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1804 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001805
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001806 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1807 // may be able to handle the situation.
1808 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1809 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1810 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001811}
1812
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001813/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1814/// using directives by the given context.
1815///
1816/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001817/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001818/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1819/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1820/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1821/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1822/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1823/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1824/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1825/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1826/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1827/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1828/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1829/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001830///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001831/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1832/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1833/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1834/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1835/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1836/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1837/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1838/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1839/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001840static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001841 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001842 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1843
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001844 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1845 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001846
1847 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001848 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001849 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1850
1851 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1852 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001853 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001854
1855 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1856 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001857 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1858 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001859 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001860 Queue.push_back(ND);
1861 }
1862
1863 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1864 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1865 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1866 // a tag.
1867 bool FoundTag = false;
1868 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1869
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001870 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001871
1872 bool Found = false;
1873 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001874 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001875
1876 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1877 // between LookupResults.
1878 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001879 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001880 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001881
1882 if (FoundDirect) {
1883 // First do any local hiding.
1884 DirectR.resolveKind();
1885
1886 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1887 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1888 FoundTag = true;
1889 else
1890 FoundNonTag = true;
1891
1892 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1893 if (UseLocal) {
1894 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1895 LocalR.clear();
1896 }
1897 }
1898
1899 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1900 if (FoundDirect) {
1901 Found = true;
1902 continue;
1903 }
1904
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001905 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001906 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001907 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001908 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1909 }
1910 }
1911
1912 if (Found) {
1913 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1914 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1915 else
1916 R.resolveKind();
1917 }
1918
1919 return Found;
1920}
1921
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001922/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001923static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001924 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001925 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001926
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001927 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001928 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001929}
1930
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001931/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001932/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1933template<typename InputIterator>
1934static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1935 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1936 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1937 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001938
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001939 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1940 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1941 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1942 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1943 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001944
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001945 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1946 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1947 break;
1948 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001949
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001950 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1951 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1952 break;
1953 }
1954 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001955
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001956 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1957 return true;
1958 }
1959
1960 return false;
1961}
1962
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001963/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001964///
1965/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1966/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001967/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001968///
1969/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1970/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1971/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1972/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1973/// class LookupCriteria.
1974///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001975/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1976///
1977/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001978/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1979/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1980///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001981/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001982/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001983///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001984/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1985bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1986 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001987 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001988
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001989 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001990 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001992 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1993 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1994 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001995 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001996 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001997 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001998
Eugene Leviant0d8103e2015-11-18 12:48:05 +00001999 struct QualifiedLookupInScope {
2000 bool oldVal;
2001 DeclContext *Context;
2002 // Set flag in DeclContext informing debugger that we're looking for qualified name
2003 QualifiedLookupInScope(DeclContext *ctx) : Context(ctx) {
2004 oldVal = ctx->setUseQualifiedLookup();
2005 }
2006 ~QualifiedLookupInScope() {
2007 Context->setUseQualifiedLookup(oldVal);
2008 }
2009 } QL(LookupCtx);
2010
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00002011 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002012 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002013 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
2014 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002015 return true;
2016 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002017
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002018 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
2019 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
2020 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
2021 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
2022 // for the namespace member has the form
2023 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
2024 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
2025 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
2026 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002027 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002028 return false;
2029
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002030 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002031 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00002032 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002033
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00002034 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00002035 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002036 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00002037 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002038 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002039
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002040 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
2041 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002042 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002043 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
2044 // or we have to fail.
2045 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
2046 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
2047 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2048 return false;
2049 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002050
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002051 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002052 CXXBasePaths Paths;
2053 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002054
2055 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002056 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
2057 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002058 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00002059 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002060 case LookupOrdinaryName:
2061 case LookupMemberName:
2062 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00002063 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002064 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
2065 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002066
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002067 case LookupTagName:
2068 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
2069 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002070
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002071 case LookupAnyName:
2072 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
2073 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002074
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +00002075 case LookupOMPReductionName:
2076 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOMPReductionMember;
2077 break;
2078
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002079 case LookupUsingDeclName:
2080 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002081
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002082 case LookupOperatorName:
2083 case LookupNamespaceName:
2084 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00002085 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002086 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002087 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002088
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002089 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
2090 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
2091 break;
2092 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002093
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002094 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2095 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
2096 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
2097 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
2098 },
2099 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002100 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002101
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002102 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
2103
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002104 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2105 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2106 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2107 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2108 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2109 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002110 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002111 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002112 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002113
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002114 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002115 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002116 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002117
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002118 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2119 // across all paths.
2120 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002121
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002122 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2123 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002124 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002125 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2126 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002127 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002128 }
2129
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002130 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002131 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2132 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002133 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002134 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002135 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002136 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002137 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2138 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002139
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002140 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2141 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002142 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2143 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2144 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002145
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002146 ++FirstD;
2147 ++CurrentD;
2148 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002149
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002150 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2151 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002152 continue;
2153 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002154
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002155 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2156 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002157 }
2158
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002159 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002160 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2161
2162 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2163 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2164 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002165 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002166 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002167 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002168
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002169 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2170 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002171 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2172 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002173 }
2174 }
2175
2176 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2177
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002178 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002179 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2180 D->getAccess());
2181 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2182 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002183 R.resolveKind();
2184 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002185}
2186
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002187/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2188/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2189///
2190/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2191/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2192/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2193///
2194/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2195///
2196/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2197/// search.
2198///
2199/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2200///
2201/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2202bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2203 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2204 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2205 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2206 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2207 else
2208
2209 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2210}
2211
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002212/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2213/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2214///
2215/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2216/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2217/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2218/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002219/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2220/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002221///
2222/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2223/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002224///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002225/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002226///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002227/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2228/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2229///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002230/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002231bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002232 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002233 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2234 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002235 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002236 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002237 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002238
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002239 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002240 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2241 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2242 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2243
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002244 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002245 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002246 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002247 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002248 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002249
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002250 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002251 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002252 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002253
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002254 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002256 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002257 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2258 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002259 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002260 }
2261
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002262 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002263 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002264}
2265
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002266/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2267/// class.
2268///
2269/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2270///
2271/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2272/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002273///
2274/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2275bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002276 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2277 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2278 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2279 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002280 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2281 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2282 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2283 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2284 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2285 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002286
2287 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2288 // the path access.
2289 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2290 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2291 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2292 I.getAccess()));
2293 }
2294
2295 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002296 }
2297
2298 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002299 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002300
2301 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002302}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002303
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002304/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002305/// from name lookup.
2306///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002307/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002308void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002309 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2310
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002311 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2312 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2313 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2314
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002315 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2316 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2317 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2318 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2319 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2320 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2321 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002322
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002323 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002324 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2325 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2326 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002327
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002328 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002329 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002330 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002331
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002332 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002333 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2334 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002335
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002336 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002337 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002338 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2339 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002340 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002341 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002342 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2343 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2344 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002345 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002346 }
2347
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002348 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2349 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002350
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002351 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002352
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002353 for (auto *D : Result)
2354 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002355 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2356 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2357 }
2358
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002359 for (auto *D : Result)
2360 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2361 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002362
2363 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002364 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2365 while (F.hasNext()) {
2366 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2367 F.erase();
2368 }
2369 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002370 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002371 }
2372
2373 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2374 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002375
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002376 for (auto *D : Result)
2377 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002378 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002379 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002380 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002381}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002382
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002383namespace {
2384 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002385 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002386 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2387 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002388 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2389 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002390 }
2391
2392 Sema &S;
2393 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2394 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002395 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002396 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002397} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002398
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002399static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002400addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002401
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002402static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2403 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2404 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2405
2406 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2407 // be a locally scoped record.
2408
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002409 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2410 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2411 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2412 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2413 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002414 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2415
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002416 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002417 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002418}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002419
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002420// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002421// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002422static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002423addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2424 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002425 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002426 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002427 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2428 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2429 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002430
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002431 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2432 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2433 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2434 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002435 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002436 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002438 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002439 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002440 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2441 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002442 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002443 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002444 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002445 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002446 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2447 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002448 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002449 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002450 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002451 }
2452 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002453 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002454
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002455 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002456 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2457 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002458 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002459 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002460 // associated namespaces. ]
2461 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002462
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002463 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002464 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2465 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002466 break;
2467 }
2468}
2469
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002470// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002471// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2472// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2473static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002474addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2475 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2476
2477 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2478 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2479 return;
2480
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002481 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2482 // [...]
2483 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2484 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2485 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2486 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002487 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002488
2489 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2490 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2491 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002492 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002493 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002494 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002496 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2497 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002498 //
2499 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2500 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2501 // added its base classes yet.
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002502 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002503 return;
2504
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002505 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2506 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002507 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002508 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002509 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002510 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2511 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2512 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002513 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002514 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002515 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2516 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2517 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002518 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002519 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002520 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002521
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002522 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2523 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002524 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002525 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002526
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002527 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smithdb0ac552015-12-18 22:40:25 +00002528 if (!Result.S.isCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc,
2529 Result.S.Context.getRecordType(Class)))
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002530 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002531
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002532 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2533 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002534 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002535 Bases.push_back(Class);
2536 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2537 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002538 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002539
2540 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002541 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2542 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002543 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2544 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2545 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2546 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2547 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2548 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2549 if (!BaseType)
2550 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002551 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002552 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002553 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2554 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002555 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002556
2557 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2558 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2559 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2560 }
2561 }
2562 }
2563}
2564
2565// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2566// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002567// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2568static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002569addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002570 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2571 //
2572 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2573 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2574 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2575 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2576 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2577 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2578 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2579 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002580
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002581 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002582 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2583
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002584 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002585 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2586
2587#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2588#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2589#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2590#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2591#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2592#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2593 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2594 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2595 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2596 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2597 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002598 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002599
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002600 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2601 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2602 case Type::Pointer:
2603 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2604 continue;
2605 case Type::ConstantArray:
2606 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2607 case Type::VariableArray:
2608 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2609 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002610
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002611 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2612 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2613 case Type::Builtin:
2614 break;
2615
2616 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2617 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2618 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2619 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2620 // which its associated classes are defined.
2621 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00002622 CXXRecordDecl *Class =
2623 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002624 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002625 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002626 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002627
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002628 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2629 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002630 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002631 // it has no associated class.
2632 case Type::Enum: {
2633 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002634
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002635 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2636 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002637 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002638
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002639 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002640 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002641
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002642 break;
2643 }
2644
2645 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2646 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2647 // types and those associated with the return type.
2648 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2649 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002650 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2651 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002652 // fallthrough
2653 }
2654 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2655 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002656 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002657 continue;
2658 }
2659
2660 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2661 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2662 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2663 // together with those associated with X.
2664 //
2665 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2666 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2667 // with the member type together with those associated with
2668 // X.
2669 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2670 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2671
2672 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2673 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2674
2675 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2676 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2677 continue;
2678 }
2679
2680 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2681 case Type::BlockPointer:
2682 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2683 continue;
2684
2685 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2686 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2687 case Type::LValueReference:
2688 case Type::RValueReference:
2689 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2690 continue;
2691
2692 // These are fundamental types.
2693 case Type::Vector:
2694 case Type::ExtVector:
2695 case Type::Complex:
2696 break;
2697
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002698 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2699 case Type::Auto:
Richard Smith600b5262017-01-26 20:40:47 +00002700 case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002701 break;
2702
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002703 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2704 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2705 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002706 case Type::ObjCObject:
2707 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2708 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002709 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002710 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002711
2712 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2713 // contained type.
2714 case Type::Atomic:
2715 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2716 continue;
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00002717 case Type::Pipe:
2718 T = cast<PipeType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2719 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002720 }
2721
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002722 if (Queue.empty())
2723 break;
2724 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002725 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002726}
2727
2728/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2729/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2730/// arguments.
2731///
2732/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002733/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002734/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002735void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2736 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2737 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2738 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002739 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2740 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2741
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002742 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2743 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002744
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002745 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2746 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2747 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2748 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2749 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2750 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002751 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002752 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002753 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2754
2755 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002756 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002757 continue;
2758 }
2759
2760 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2761 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2762 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2763 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2764 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2765 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2766 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002767 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002768 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002769 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002770 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002771
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002772 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2773 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002774
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002775 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002776 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002777 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002778
2779 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2780 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002781 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002782 }
2783 }
2784}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002785
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002786NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002787 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002788 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2789 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002790 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002791 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002792 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002793}
2794
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002795/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002796ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002797 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2798 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002799 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002800 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002801 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2802}
2803
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002804void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002805 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002806 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002807 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2808 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2809 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2810 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2811 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002812 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002813 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002814 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2815 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002816
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002817 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002818 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002819}
2820
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002821Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2822 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2823 bool ConstArg,
2824 bool VolatileArg,
2825 bool RValueThis,
2826 bool ConstThis,
2827 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002828 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002829 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002830 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002831 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2832 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2833 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2834 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2835 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2836 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2837
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002838 // FIXME: Get the caller to pass in a location for the lookup.
2839 SourceLocation LookupLoc = RD->getLocation();
2840
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002841 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002842 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002843 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2844 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2845 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2846 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2847 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2848 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2849
2850 void *InsertPoint;
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002851 SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry *Result =
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002852 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2853
2854 // This was already cached
2855 if (Result)
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002856 return *Result;
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002857
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002858 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry>();
2859 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002860 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2861
2862 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002863 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002864 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2865 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002866 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2867 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002868 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2869 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002870 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002871 return *Result;
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002872 }
2873
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002874 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2875 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002876 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002877 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002878 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002879 unsigned NumArgs;
2880
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002881 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2882 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2883
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002884 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2885 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2886 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002887 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2888 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002889 } else {
2890 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2891 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002892 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002893 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002894 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002895 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002896 } else {
2897 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002898 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002899 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002901 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002902 }
2903
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002904 if (ConstArg)
2905 ArgType.addConst();
2906 if (VolatileArg)
2907 ArgType.addVolatile();
2908
2909 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2910 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2911 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2912 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2913 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2914 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2915 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002916 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002917 VK = VK_LValue;
2918 else
2919 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002920 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002921
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002922 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(LookupLoc, ArgType, VK);
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002923
2924 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002925 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002926 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002927 }
2928
2929 // Create the object argument
2930 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2931 if (ConstThis)
2932 ThisTy.addConst();
2933 if (VolatileThis)
2934 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002935 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002936 OpaqueValueExpr(LookupLoc, ThisTy,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002937 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002938
2939 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2940 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2941 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002942 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(LookupLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002943 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002944
2945 if (R.empty()) {
2946 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2947 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2948 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2949 // destructor.
2950 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2951 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2952 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2953 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00002954 return *Result;
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002955 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002956
2957 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2958 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2959 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2960
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002961 for (NamedDecl *CandDecl : Candidates) {
2962 if (CandDecl->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002963 continue;
2964
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002965 DeclAccessPair Cand = DeclAccessPair::make(CandDecl, AS_public);
2966 auto CtorInfo = getConstructorInfo(Cand);
2967 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002968 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002969 AddMethodCandidate(M, Cand, RD, ThisTy, Classification,
2970 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2971 else if (CtorInfo)
2972 AddOverloadCandidate(CtorInfo.Constructor, CtorInfo.FoundDecl,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002973 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002974 else
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002975 AddOverloadCandidate(M, Cand, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS,
2976 true);
2977 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
2978 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2979 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2980 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(
2981 Tmpl, Cand, RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
George Burgess IVce6284b2017-01-28 02:19:40 +00002982 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002983 else if (CtorInfo)
2984 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2985 CtorInfo.ConstructorTmpl, CtorInfo.FoundDecl, nullptr,
2986 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2987 else
2988 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2989 Tmpl, Cand, nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002990 } else {
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002991 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand.getDecl()) &&
2992 "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002993 }
2994 }
2995
2996 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Richard Smith171e4b52017-02-15 04:18:23 +00002997 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, LookupLoc, Best)) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002998 case OR_Success:
2999 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003000 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003001 break;
3002
3003 case OR_Deleted:
3004 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00003005 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003006 break;
3007
3008 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003009 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00003010 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
3011 break;
3012
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003013 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003014 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00003015 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003016 break;
3017 }
3018
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003019 return *Result;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003020}
3021
3022/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
3023CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003024 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003025 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
3026 false, false);
3027
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003028 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result.getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003029}
3030
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003031/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
3032CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003033 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003034 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3035 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003036 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003037 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3038 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
3039
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003040 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result.getMethod());
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003041}
3042
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003043/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003044CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3045 unsigned Quals) {
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003046 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003047 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3048 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003049
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003050 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result.getMethod());
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003051}
3052
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003053/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
3054DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003055 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00003056 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00003057 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003058 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00003059 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003060 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003061 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003062 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003063 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003064
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003065 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
3066 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
3067 return Class->lookup(Name);
3068}
3069
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003070/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
3071CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3072 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003073 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003074 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3075 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
3076 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3077 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003078 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003079 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3080 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
3081 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3082 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3083
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003084 return Result.getMethod();
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003085}
3086
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003087/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
3088CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003089 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003090 bool RValueThis,
3091 unsigned ThisQuals) {
3092 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3093 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003094 SpecialMemberOverloadResult Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003095 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3096 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003097 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3098 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3099
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003100 return Result.getMethod();
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003101}
3102
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003103/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
3104///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00003105/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3106/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003107///
3108/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3109CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003110 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3111 false, false, false,
Richard Smith8bae1be2017-02-24 02:07:20 +00003112 false, false).getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003113}
3114
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003115/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3116/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3117///
3118/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3119/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3120/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3121Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3122Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3123 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003124 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
3125 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003126 LookupName(R, S);
3127 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3128 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3129
3130 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3131 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3132
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003133 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003134 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3135 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003136 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3137
3138 while (F.hasNext()) {
3139 Decl *D = F.next();
3140 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3141 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3142
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003143 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3144 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3145 F.erase();
3146 continue;
3147 }
3148
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003149 bool IsRaw = false;
3150 bool IsTemplate = false;
3151 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3152 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3153
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003154 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3155 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3156 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3157 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003158 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003159 IsExactMatch = true;
3160 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3161 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3162 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3163 IsExactMatch = false;
3164 break;
3165 }
3166 }
3167 }
3168 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003169 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3170 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3171 if (Params->size() == 1)
3172 IsTemplate = true;
3173 else
3174 IsStringTemplate = true;
3175 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003176
3177 if (IsExactMatch) {
3178 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003179 AllowRaw = false;
3180 AllowTemplate = false;
3181 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3182 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003183 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3184 // already found.
3185 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003186 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003187 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003188 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3189 FoundRaw = true;
3190 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3191 FoundTemplate = true;
3192 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3193 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003194 } else {
3195 F.erase();
3196 }
3197 }
3198
3199 F.done();
3200
3201 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3202 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3203 // or literal operator template.
3204 if (FoundExactMatch)
3205 return LOLR_Cooked;
3206
3207 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3208 // operator template, but not both.
3209 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3210 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003211 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
Richard Smithc2bebe92016-05-11 20:37:46 +00003212 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003213 return LOLR_Error;
3214 }
3215
3216 if (FoundRaw)
3217 return LOLR_Raw;
3218
3219 if (FoundTemplate)
3220 return LOLR_Template;
3221
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003222 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3223 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3224
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003225 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3226 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3227 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003228 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3229 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003230 return LOLR_Error;
3231}
3232
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003233void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3234 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3235
3236 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3237 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003238 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003239 Old = New;
3240 return;
3241 }
3242
3243 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003244 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3245 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003246
3247 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3248 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003249 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003250
3251 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3252 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3253 if (!Cursor) return;
3254
3255 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3256 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3257
3258 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3259 }
3260
3261 Old = New;
3262}
3263
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003264void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3265 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003266 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3267 // arguments we have.
3268 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3269 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003270 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003271 AssociatedNamespaces,
3272 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003273
3274 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003275 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3276 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3277 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3278 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3279 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3280 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3281 // is the union of X and Y.
3282 //
3283 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3284 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003285 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003286 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3287 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3288 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3289 //
3290 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3291 // ignored.
3292 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003293 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003294 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3295 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3296 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003297 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3298 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003299 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3300 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003301 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3302 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3303 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3304 continue;
3305
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003306 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3307 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3308 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3309 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00003310 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC)) &&
3311 isVisible(cast<NamedDecl>(DI))) {
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003312 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3313 break;
3314 }
3315 }
3316 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003317 continue;
3318 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003319
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003320 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3321 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003322
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003323 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003324 continue;
3325
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003326 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3327 continue;
3328
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003329 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003330 }
3331 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003332}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003333
3334//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3335// Search for all visible declarations.
3336//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003337VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003338
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003339bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3340
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003341namespace {
3342
3343class ShadowContextRAII;
3344
3345class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3346public:
3347 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3348 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3349 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003350 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003351
3352private:
3353 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3354 /// this name within a particular scope.
3355 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3356
3357 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3358 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3359
3360 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3361 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3362
3363 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3364
3365public:
3366 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3367 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3368 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003369 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003370 }
3371
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003372 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3373 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3374 }
3375
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003376 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3377 /// current scope.
3378 ///
3379 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3380 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3381 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3382
3383 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003384 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3385 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3386 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003387};
3388
3389/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3390class ShadowContextRAII {
3391 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3392
3393 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3394
3395public:
3396 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003397 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003398 }
3399
3400 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003401 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3402 }
3403};
3404
3405} // end anonymous namespace
3406
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003407NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
3408 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3409 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3410 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3411 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3412 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3413 if (Pos == SM->end())
3414 continue;
3415
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003416 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003417 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003418 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003419 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003420 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3421 continue;
3422
3423 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003424 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003425 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003426 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003427 continue;
3428
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003429 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3430 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3431 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003432 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003433 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003434 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003435 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003436
Alex Lorenze7e8f802017-01-23 17:23:23 +00003437 // A shadow declaration that's created by a resolved using declaration
3438 // is not hidden by the same using declaration.
3439 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(ND) && isa<UsingDecl>(D) &&
3440 cast<UsingShadowDecl>(ND)->getUsingDecl() == D)
3441 continue;
3442
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003443 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003444 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003445 }
3446 }
3447
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003448 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003449}
3450
3451static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3452 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003453 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003454 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3455 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003456 if (!Ctx)
3457 return;
3458
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003459 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3460 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3461 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003462
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003463 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3464 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3465 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3466 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3467 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3468
3469 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3470 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3471 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3472 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3473 Idents.get(Name);
3474 }
3475
3476 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3477 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3478 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3479 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3480 I != E; ++I) {
3481 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3482 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3483 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3484 Visited.add(ND);
3485 }
3486 }
3487 }
3488 }
3489
3490 return;
3491 }
3492
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003493 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3494 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3495
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003496 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003497 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003498 for (auto *D : R) {
3499 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3500 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3501 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003502 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003503 }
3504 }
3505
3506 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3507 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3508 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003509 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003510 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003511 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003512 }
3513 }
3514
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003515 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003516 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003517 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3518 return;
3519
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003520 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3521 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003522
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003523 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3524 // there anyway.
3525 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3526 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003527
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003528 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3529 if (!Record)
3530 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003531
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003532 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3533 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3534 //
3535 // struct A { int member; };
3536 // struct B { int member; };
3537 // struct C : A, B { };
3538 //
3539 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3540 //
3541 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3542 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3543 // class, e.g.,
3544 //
3545 // c->B::member
3546 //
3547 // or
3548 //
3549 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003550
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003551 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3552 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3553 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003554 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003555 }
3556 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003557
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003558 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3559 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3560 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003561 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003562 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003563 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003564 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003565 }
3566
3567 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003568 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003569 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003570 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003571 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003572 }
3573
3574 // Traverse the superclass.
3575 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3576 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3577 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003578 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003579 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003580
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003581 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3582 // synthesized ivars.
3583 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3584 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003585 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003586 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003587 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003588 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003589 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003590 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003591 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003592 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003593 }
3594 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003595 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003596 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003597 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003598 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003599 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003600
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003601 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3602 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3603 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003604 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003605 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003606 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003607 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003608}
3609
3610static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3611 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3612 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3613 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3614 if (!S)
3615 return;
3616
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003617 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3618 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003619 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3620 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003621 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003622 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003623 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3624 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003625 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003626 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003627 Visited.add(ND);
3628 }
3629 }
3630 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003631
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003632 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003633 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003634 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003635 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3636 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3637 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003638 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003639 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003640
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003641 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003642 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003643 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3644 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3645 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3646 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3647 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003648 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003649 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003650 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003651 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003652 }
3653
3654 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3655 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3656 // outer scope.
3657 break;
3658 }
3659
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003660 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3661 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003662
3663 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003664 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003665 }
3666 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3667 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3668 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3669 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3670 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3671 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3672 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003673 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003674 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003675 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003676 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003677 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003678 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003679 }
3680
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003681 if (Entity) {
3682 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3683 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003684 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3685 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003686 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003687 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003688 }
3689
3690 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3691 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3692 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3693}
3694
3695void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003696 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3697 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003698 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3699 // unqualified name lookup.
3700 Scope *Initial = S;
3701 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003702 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003703 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3704 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3705 S = S->getParent();
3706
3707 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3708 }
3709 UDirs.done();
3710
3711 // Look for visible declarations.
3712 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003713 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003714 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003715 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3716 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003717 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3718 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3719}
3720
3721void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003722 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3723 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003724 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003725 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003726 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003727 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3728 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003729 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003730 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003731 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003732}
3733
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003734/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003735/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3736/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3737/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003738LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003739 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003740 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003741 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003742
3743 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3744 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3745 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3746 Scope *S = CurScope;
3747 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3748 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3749 }
3750
3751 // Not a GNU local label.
3752 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3753 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3754 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003755 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003756 Res = nullptr;
3757 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003758 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003759 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3760 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003761 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3762 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003763 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003764 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3765}
3766
3767//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003768// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003769//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003770
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003771static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3772 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3773 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3774 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3775}
3776
3777static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3778 LookupResult &Res,
3779 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3780 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3781 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3782 bool EnteringContext,
3783 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3784 bool FindHidden);
3785
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003786/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3787/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3788/// a module' correction.
3789static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3790 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3791 return;
3792
3793 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3794
3795 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3796 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3797 break;
3798 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3799 if (DI == DE)
3800 return;
3801
3802 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3803 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3804
3805 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3806 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3807 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3808 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3809
3810 if (VisibleDecl) {
3811 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3812 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3813 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3814 NewDecls.clear();
3815 }
3816 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3817 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3818 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3819 }
3820
3821 if (NewDecls.empty())
3822 TC = TypoCorrection();
3823 else {
3824 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3825 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3826 }
3827}
3828
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003829// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3830// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3831// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3832static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3833 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3834 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3835 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3836 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3837 else
3838 Identifiers.clear();
3839
3840 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3841
3842 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3843 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3844 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3845 break;
3846
3847 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3848 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3849 return;
3850 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3851 break;
3852
3853 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3854 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3855 break;
3856
3857 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3858 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3859 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3860 break;
3861
3862 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003863 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003864 return;
3865 }
3866
3867 if (II)
3868 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3869}
3870
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003871void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003872 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003873 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3874 if (Hiding)
3875 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003876
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003877 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3878 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3879 // etc.).
3880 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3881 if (!Name)
3882 return;
3883
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003884 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3885 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003886 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003887 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3888 return;
3889
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003890 FoundName(Name->getName());
3891}
3892
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003893void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003894 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3895 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003896 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003897}
3898
3899void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3900 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3901 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003902 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003903}
3904
3905void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3906 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003907 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3908 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003909 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3910 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3911 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003912 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003913
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003914 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3915 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003916 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3917 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003918 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003919
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003920 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003921 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003922 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003923 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003924}
3925
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003926static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3927
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003928void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003929 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003930 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003931
3932 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3933 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3934 // longer than the typo itself.
3935 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3936 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3937 return;
3938
3939 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003940 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3941 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3942 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3943 return;
3944 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003945
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003946 TypoResultList &CList =
3947 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003948
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003949 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3950 CList.pop_back();
3951 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3952 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3953 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3954 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3955 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3956 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3957 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3958 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3959 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3960 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3961 *RI = Correction;
3962 return;
3963 }
3964 }
3965 }
3966 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3967 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003968
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003969 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003970 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3971}
3972
3973void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3974 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3975 SearchNamespaces = true;
3976
3977 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3978 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3979
3980 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3981 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3982 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3983 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3984 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3985 }
Richard Smith2a40fb72015-11-18 01:19:02 +00003986 // Do not transform this into an iterator-based loop. The loop body can
3987 // trigger the creation of further types (through lazy deserialization) and
3988 // invalide iterators into this list.
3989 auto &Types = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTypes();
3990 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Types.size(); ++I) {
3991 const auto *TI = Types[I];
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003992 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3993 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3994 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3995 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3996 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3997 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3998 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3999 }
4000 }
4001}
4002
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004003const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
4004 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
4005 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
4006
4007 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004008 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
4009 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
4010 if (DI->second.empty()) {
4011 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
4012 continue;
4013 }
4014
4015 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
4016 if (RI->second.empty()) {
4017 DI->second.erase(RI);
4018 performQualifiedLookups();
4019 continue;
4020 }
4021
4022 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004023 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004024 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
4025 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
4026 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004027 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004028 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004029}
4030
4031bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
4032 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
4033 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004034 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004035retry_lookup:
4036 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
4037 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004038 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004039 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
4040 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4041 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4042 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4043 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4044 if (TempSS) {
4045 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4046 TempSS = nullptr;
4047 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4048 goto retry_lookup;
4049 }
4050 if (TempMemberContext) {
4051 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004052 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004053 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
4054 goto retry_lookup;
4055 }
4056 if (SearchNamespaces)
4057 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4058 break;
4059
4060 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4061 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
4062 break;
4063
4064 case LookupResult::Found:
4065 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
4066 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4067 for (auto *TRD : Result)
4068 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004069 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004070 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004071 if (SearchNamespaces)
4072 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4073 break;
4074 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00004075 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004076 return true;
4077 }
4078 return false;
4079}
4080
4081void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
4082 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Benjamin Kramer2e018ef2016-05-27 13:36:58 +00004083 for (const TypoCorrection &QR : QualifiedResults) {
4084 for (const auto &NSI : Namespaces) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004085 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
4086 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4087
4088 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4089 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4090 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4091 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00004092 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
4093 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004094 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4095 continue;
4096 }
4097
4098 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
4099 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4100 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
4101 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
4102 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4103
4104 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4105 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4106 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4107 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4108 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
4109 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4110 continue;
4111
4112 Result.clear();
4113 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4114 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4115 continue;
4116
4117 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4118 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4119 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4120 case LookupResult::Found:
4121 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4122 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4123 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4124 std::string OldQualified;
4125 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4126 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4127 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4128 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4129 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4130 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4131 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4132 break;
4133 }
4134 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4135 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4136 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4137 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4138 : nullptr,
4139 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4140 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4141 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004142 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4143 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004144 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004145 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004146 break;
4147 }
4148 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4149 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4150 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4151 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4152 break;
4153 }
4154 }
4155 }
4156 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004157}
4158
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004159TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4160 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004161 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004162 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4163 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4164 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4165 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4166
4167 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4168 }
4169 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4170 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4171 // context.
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004172 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(CurContextChain)) {
4173 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(C))
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004174 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4175 }
4176
4177 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004178 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4179 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4180 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004181}
4182
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004183auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4184 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004185 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004186 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004187 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004188 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4189 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4190 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4191 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4192 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4193 }
4194 return Chain;
4195}
4196
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004197unsigned
4198TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4199 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004200 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004201 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(DeclChain)) {
4202 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(C)) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004203 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4204 ++NumSpecifiers;
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004205 } else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(C)) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004206 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4207 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4208 ++NumSpecifiers;
4209 }
4210 }
4211 return NumSpecifiers;
4212}
4213
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004214void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4215 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004216 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004217 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004218 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004219 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4220
4221 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004222 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(CurContextChain)) {
4223 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty() || NamespaceDeclChain.back() != C)
4224 break;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004225 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4226 }
4227
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004228 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004229 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004230
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004231 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4232 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004233 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004234 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004235 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004236 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004237 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4238 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004239 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004240 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4241 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004242 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4243 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004244 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4245 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4246 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4247 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4248 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4249 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4250 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004251 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004252 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4253 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4254 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4255 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4256 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4257 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004258 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004259 }
4260 }
4261
4262 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4263 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4264 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4265 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4266 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4267 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4268 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4269 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004270 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4271 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004272 }
4273
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004274 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4275 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004276}
4277
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004278/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4279static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4280 LookupResult &Res,
4281 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4282 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4283 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4284 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004285 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4286 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004287 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4288 Res.clear();
4289 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004290 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004291 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004292 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004293 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004294 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4295 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4296 Res.resolveKind();
4297 return;
4298 }
4299 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004300
Manman Ren5b786402016-01-28 18:49:28 +00004301 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
4302 Name, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004303 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4304 Res.resolveKind();
4305 return;
4306 }
4307 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004308
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004309 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4310 return;
4311 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004312
4313 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004314 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004315
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004316 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4317 // LookupParsedName.
4318 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4319 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004320 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004321 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4322 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004323 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004324 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4325 Res.addDecl(IV);
4326 Res.resolveKind();
4327 }
4328 }
4329 }
4330}
4331
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004332/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4333static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4334 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004335 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4336 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4337 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4338 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4339 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4340 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4341 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4342 return;
4343 }
4344
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004345 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4346 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004347
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004348 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004349 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004350 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004351 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004352 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004353 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4354 // storage-specifiers as well
4355 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4356 };
4357
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004358 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004359 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4360 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4361
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004362 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004363 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004364 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004365 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004366 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004367 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4368
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004369 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004370 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4371 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4372 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4373
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004374 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004375 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4376 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4377 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4378 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4379 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4380 }
4381 }
4382
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004383 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004384 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004385 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4386 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4387 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4388 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4389 };
4390 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4391 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004392 }
4393
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004394 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004395 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4396 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4397 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4398 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4399 }
4400
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004401 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004402 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004403 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004404 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4405 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4406 }
4407
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004408 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004409 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004410 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4411 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004412 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004413 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4414 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4415
4416 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4417 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4418 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4419
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004420 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004421 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4422 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4423 }
4424 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004425
4426 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4427 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4428 // is present.
4429 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4430 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004431 }
4432
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004433 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004434 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4435 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004436 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004437 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004438 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004439 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4440 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4441
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004442 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004443 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4444 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4445 }
4446
4447 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4448 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4449
4450 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4451 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4452
4453 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4454 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4455 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4456 }
4457 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004458 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004459 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4460 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4461 }
4462
4463 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4464 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4465 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4466 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4467 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4468 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4469 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4470 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4471 }
4472 }
4473
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004474 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004475 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4476
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004477 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004478 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4479 }
4480 }
4481}
4482
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004483std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4484 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4485 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4486 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4487 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004488 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004489
4490 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4491 DisableTypoCorrection)
4492 return nullptr;
4493
4494 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4495 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4496 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4497 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4498 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4499 return nullptr;
4500
4501 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4502 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4503 if (!Typo)
4504 return nullptr;
4505
4506 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4507 // typos.
4508 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4509 return nullptr;
4510
Richard Smith696e3122017-02-23 01:43:54 +00004511 // Never try to correct typos during any kind of code synthesis.
4512 if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty())
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004513 return nullptr;
4514
4515 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4516 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4517 return nullptr;
4518
4519 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4520 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4521 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4522 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4523 return nullptr;
4524
4525 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4526 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4527 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004528 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004529 return nullptr;
4530
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004531 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4532 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4533 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4534 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4535 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4536 return nullptr;
4537 ++TyposCorrected;
4538
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004539 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4540 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4541 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4542 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4543 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4544 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4545 TypoName.getLocStart());
4546 }
4547
4548 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4549 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4550 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4551 EnteringContext);
4552
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004553 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004554 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004555 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4556 if (MemberContext) {
4557 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4558
4559 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4560 if (OPT) {
4561 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4562 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4563 }
4564 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4565 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4566 if (!QualifiedDC)
4567 return nullptr;
4568
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004569 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4570 } else {
4571 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004572 }
4573
4574 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4575 // corrections.
4576 bool SearchNamespaces
4577 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4578 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4579
4580 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4581 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4582 // seen in this translation unit.
4583 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4584 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4585 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4586
4587 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4588 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4589 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4590 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4591 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4592 do {
4593 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4594 if (Name.empty())
4595 break;
4596
4597 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4598 } while (true);
4599 }
4600 }
4601
4602 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4603
4604 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4605 // to search those namespaces.
4606 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4607 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4608 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4609 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4610 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4611 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4612 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4613 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4614 }
4615
4616 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4617 }
4618
4619 return Consumer;
4620}
4621
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004622/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4623/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4624/// present in the source code.
4625///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004626/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4627/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4628///
4629/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004630///
4631/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4632///
4633/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4634/// looking for, if present.
4635///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004636/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4637/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4638/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4639///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004640/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4641/// a member access expression.
4642///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004643/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004644/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4645///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004646/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4647/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4648///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004649/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4650/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4651/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4652/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4653TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4654 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4655 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004656 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004657 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004658 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4659 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004660 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4661 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004662 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4663
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004664 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4665 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4666 if (ExternalSource) {
4667 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004668 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004669 return Correction;
4670 }
4671
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004672 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4673 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4674 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4675 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4676 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004677
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004678 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004679 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4680 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004681 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004682
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004683 if (!Consumer)
4684 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004685
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004686 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004687 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004688 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004689
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004690 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4691 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004692 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4693 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004694 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004695 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004696
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004697 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4698 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004699 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004700 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004701
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004702 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004703
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004704 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004705 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4706 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4707 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004708 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004709 }
4710
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004711 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004712 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4713 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4714 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004715
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004716 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4717 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004718 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4719 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004720
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004721 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4722 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004723 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004724 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004725 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004726 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4727 // context.
4728
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004729 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4730 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4731 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004732 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4733 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004734 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004735 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4736 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004737 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4738 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004739 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004740
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004741 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4742 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004743 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004744
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004745 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4746 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4747 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004748 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004749}
4750
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004751/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4752/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4753/// present in the source code.
4754///
4755/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4756/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4757///
4758/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4759///
4760/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4761///
4762/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4763/// looking for, if present.
4764///
4765/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4766/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4767/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4768///
4769/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4770/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4771///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004772/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4773/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4774///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004775/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4776/// a member access expression.
4777///
4778/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4779/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4780///
4781/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4782/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4783///
4784/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4785/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4786/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4787/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4788/// needed.
4789TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4790 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4791 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4792 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004793 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004794 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4795 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4796 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4797
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004798 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4799 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004800 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004801
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004802 // Give the external sema source a chance to correct the typo.
4803 TypoCorrection ExternalTypo;
4804 if (ExternalSource && Consumer) {
4805 ExternalTypo = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Benjamin Kramer97d7a662016-05-19 21:53:33 +00004806 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *Consumer->getCorrectionValidator(),
4807 MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT);
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004808 if (ExternalTypo)
4809 Consumer->addCorrection(ExternalTypo);
4810 }
4811
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004812 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4813 return nullptr;
4814
4815 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4816 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4817 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4818 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004819 if (!ExternalTypo && ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004820 return nullptr;
4821
4822 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004823 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004824}
4825
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004826void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4827 if (!CDecl) return;
4828
4829 if (isKeyword())
4830 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4831
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004832 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004833
4834 if (!CorrectionName)
4835 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4836}
4837
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004838std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4839 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4840 std::string tmpBuffer;
4841 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4842 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004843 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004844 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004845 }
4846
4847 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004848}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004849
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004850bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4851 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004852 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4853 return true;
4854
4855 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4856 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4857 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4858
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004859 bool HasNonType = false;
4860 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4861 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4862 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4863 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4864 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4865 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4866 if (Method->isStatic())
4867 HasStaticMethod = true;
4868 else
4869 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4870 }
4871 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4872 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004873 }
4874
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004875 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4876 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4877 return false;
4878
4879 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004880}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004881
4882FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004883 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004884 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004885 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004886 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004887 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4888 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004889 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4890}
4891
4892bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4893 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4894 return candidate.isKeyword();
4895
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004896 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004897 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004898 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004899 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4900 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4901 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4902 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4903 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4904 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4905 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4906 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4907 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4908 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4909 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004910 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004911 return true;
4912 }
4913 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004914
4915 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4916 // the current number of arguments.
4917 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4918 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4919 continue;
4920
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004921 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4922 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4923 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4924 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004925 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004926 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4927 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4928 MemberFn
4929 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4930 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004931 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004932 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004933 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4934 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4935 continue;
4936 }
4937 }
4938 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004939 }
4940 return false;
4941}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004942
4943void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4944 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4945 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4946 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4947 ErrorRecovery);
4948}
4949
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004950/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4951/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004952static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4953 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004954 return VD->getDefinition();
Yaron Keren18c3d062016-07-13 19:04:51 +00004955 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
4956 return FD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004957 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004958 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004959 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004960 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004961 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004962 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004963 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004964 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004965 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004966}
4967
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004968void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004969 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004970 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4971
4972 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4973 // possible.
4974 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4975 if (!Def)
4976 Def = Decl;
4977
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004978 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4979 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4980
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004981 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4982 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004983 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004984 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4985
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004986 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules, MIK,
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004987 Recover);
4988}
4989
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00004990/// \brief Get a "quoted.h" or <angled.h> include path to use in a diagnostic
4991/// suggesting the addition of a #include of the specified file.
4992static std::string getIncludeStringForHeader(Preprocessor &PP,
4993 const FileEntry *E) {
4994 bool IsSystem;
4995 auto Path =
4996 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().suggestPathToFileForDiagnostics(E, &IsSystem);
4997 return (IsSystem ? '<' : '"') + Path + (IsSystem ? '>' : '"');
4998}
4999
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005000void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
5001 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5002 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
5003 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
5004 assert(!Modules.empty());
5005
5006 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005007 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005008 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005009 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005010 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005011 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005012 ModuleList += "[...]";
5013 break;
5014 }
5015 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
5016 }
5017
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005018 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
5019 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00005020 } else if (const FileEntry *E =
5021 PP.getModuleHeaderToIncludeForDiagnostics(UseLoc, DeclLoc)) {
5022 // The right way to make the declaration visible is to include a header;
5023 // suggest doing so.
5024 //
5025 // FIXME: Find a smart place to suggest inserting a #include, and add
5026 // a FixItHint there.
5027 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_header)
5028 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName()
5029 << getIncludeStringForHeader(PP, E);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005030 } else {
Richard Smithacef17a2016-05-05 02:14:06 +00005031 // FIXME: Add a FixItHint that imports the corresponding module.
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005032 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
5033 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005034 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005035
5036 unsigned DiagID;
5037 switch (MIK) {
5038 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
5039 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
5040 break;
5041 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
5042 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
5043 break;
5044 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
5045 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
5046 break;
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005047 case MissingImportKind::ExplicitSpecialization:
5048 DiagID = diag::note_explicit_specialization_declared_here;
5049 break;
5050 case MissingImportKind::PartialSpecialization:
5051 DiagID = diag::note_partial_specialization_declared_here;
5052 break;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005053 }
5054 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005055
5056 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
5057 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005058 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005059}
5060
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005061/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
5062/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
5063///
5064/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
5065/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
5066/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
5067/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
5068/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
5069/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
5070/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
5071/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
5072/// to it.
5073void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
5074 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
5075 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
5076 bool ErrorRecovery) {
5077 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
5078 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
5079 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5080 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
5081
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005082 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
5083 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005084 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005085 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
5086
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005087 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005088 MissingImportKind::Declaration, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005089 return;
5090 }
5091
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005092 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
5093 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
5094
5095 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005096 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005097 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
5098 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
5099 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
Benjamin Kramer7de99692016-11-16 18:15:26 +00005100
5101 // Add any extra diagnostics.
5102 for (const PartialDiagnostic &PD : Correction.getExtraDiagnostics())
5103 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), PD);
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005104}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005105
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005106TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
5107 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
5108 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005109 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
5110 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
5111 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
5112 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
5113 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005114 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005115 return TE;
5116}
5117
5118const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
5119 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
5120 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
5121 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
5122 return Entry->second;
5123}
5124
5125void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
5126 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
5127}
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +00005128
5129void Sema::ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation IILoc, IdentifierInfo *II) {
5130 DeclarationNameInfo Name(II, IILoc);
5131 LookupResult R(*this, Name, LookupAnyName, Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5132 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5133 R.setHideTags(false);
5134 LookupName(R, S);
5135 R.dump();
5136}